trevorb98/CE2801-Workspace
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

beeg push

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Trevor Barnes
2019-11-09 16:13:07 -06:00
parent 5723965f38
commit 522d367a8d
104 changed files with 96558 additions and 2722 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

3451
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/Legacy/stm32_hal_legacy.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

286
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the HAL
* module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Constants HAL Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_TICK_FREQ Tick Frequency
* @{
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_TICK_FREQ_10HZ = 100U,
HAL_TICK_FREQ_100HZ = 10U,
HAL_TICK_FREQ_1KHZ = 1U,
HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT = HAL_TICK_FREQ_1KHZ
} HAL_TickFreqTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Macros HAL Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/** @brief Freeze/Unfreeze Peripherals in Debug mode
*/
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM2() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM3() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM4() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM5() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM6() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM7() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM12() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM12_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM13() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM13_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM14() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM14_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_RTC() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C3_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_CAN1() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN1_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_CAN2() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN2_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM1() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM1_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM8() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM8_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM9() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM9_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM10() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM10_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM11() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM11_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM2() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM3() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM4() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM5() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM6() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM7() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM12() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM12_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM13() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM13_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM14() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM14_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_RTC() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C3_TIMEOUT() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_CAN1() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN1_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_CAN2() (DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_CAN2_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM1() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM1_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM8() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM8_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM9() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM9_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM10() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM10_STOP))
#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM11() (DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~(DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM11_STOP))
/** @brief Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FLASH() (SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE))
/** @brief System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SYSTEMFLASH() do {SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE);\
SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_0;\
}while(0);
/** @brief Embedded SRAM mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SRAM() do {SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE);\
SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= (SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_0 | SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_1);\
}while(0);
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx)|| defined(STM32F417xx)
/** @brief FSMC Bank1 (NOR/PSRAM 1 and 2) mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FSMC() do {SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE);\
SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= (SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_1);\
}while(0);
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/** @brief FMC Bank1 (NOR/PSRAM 1 and 2) mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FMC() do {SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE);\
SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= (SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_1);\
}while(0);
/** @brief FMC/SDRAM Bank 1 and 2 mapped at 0x00000000
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FMC_SDRAM() do {SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= ~(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE);\
SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= (SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_2);\
}while(0);
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F413xx) || defined(STM32F423xx)
/** @defgroup Cortex_Lockup_Enable Cortex Lockup Enable
* @{
*/
/** @brief SYSCFG Break Lockup lock
* Enables and locks the connection of Cortex-M4 LOCKUP (Hardfault) output to TIM1/8 input
* @note The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked by system reset
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_BREAK_PVD_LOCK() do {SYSCFG->CFGR2 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVD_LOCK); \
SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= SYSCFG_CFGR2_PVD_LOCK; \
}while(0)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PVD_Lock_Enable PVD Lock
* @{
*/
/** @brief SYSCFG Break PVD lock
* Enables and locks the PVD connection with Timer1/8 Break Input, , as well as the PVDE and PLS[2:0] in the PWR_CR register
* @note The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked by system reset
*/
#define __HAL_SYSCFG_BREAK_LOCKUP_LOCK() do {SYSCFG->CFGR2 &= ~(SYSCFG_CFGR2_LOCKUP_LOCK); \
SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= SYSCFG_CFGR2_LOCKUP_LOCK; \
}while(0)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F410Tx || STM32F410Cx || STM32F410Rx || STM32F413xx || STM32F423xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Macros HAL Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_TICKFREQ(FREQ) (((FREQ) == HAL_TICK_FREQ_10HZ) || \
((FREQ) == HAL_TICK_FREQ_100HZ) || \
((FREQ) == HAL_TICK_FREQ_1KHZ))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and Configuration functions ******************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void);
void HAL_MspInit(void);
void HAL_MspDeInit(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions ************************************************/
void HAL_IncTick(void);
void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay);
uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq);
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void);
void HAL_SuspendTick(void);
void HAL_ResumeTick(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void);
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void);
void HAL_EnableCompensationCell(void);
void HAL_DisableCompensationCell(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void);
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void);
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
void HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void);
void HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void);
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Variables HAL Private Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

410
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,410 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of CORTEX HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Types Cortex Exported Types
* @{
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Initialization_Structure_definition MPU Region Initialization Structure Definition
* @brief MPU Region initialization structure
* @{
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Enable; /*!< Specifies the status of the region.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable */
uint8_t Number; /*!< Specifies the number of the region to protect.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number */
uint32_t BaseAddress; /*!< Specifies the base address of the region to protect. */
uint8_t Size; /*!< Specifies the size of the region to protect.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size */
uint8_t SubRegionDisable; /*!< Specifies the number of the subregion protection to disable.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF */
uint8_t TypeExtField; /*!< Specifies the TEX field level.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_TEX_Levels */
uint8_t AccessPermission; /*!< Specifies the region access permission type.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes */
uint8_t DisableExec; /*!< Specifies the instruction access status.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access */
uint8_t IsShareable; /*!< Specifies the shareability status of the protected region.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable */
uint8_t IsCacheable; /*!< Specifies the cacheable status of the region protected.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable */
uint8_t IsBufferable; /*!< Specifies the bufferable status of the protected region.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable */
}MPU_Region_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Constants CORTEX Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Preemption_Priority_Group CORTEX Preemption Priority Group
* @{
*/
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 0x00000007U /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority
4 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1 0x00000006U /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority
3 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2 0x00000005U /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority
2 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3 0x00000004U /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority
1 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4 0x00000003U /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority
0 bits for subpriority */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_SysTick_clock_source CORTEX _SysTick clock source
* @{
*/
#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8 0x00000000U
#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK 0x00000004U
/**
* @}
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_Control MPU HFNMI and PRIVILEGED Access control
* @{
*/
#define MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE 0x00000000U
#define MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk
#define MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk
#define MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF (MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk | MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable CORTEX MPU Region Enable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define MPU_REGION_DISABLE ((uint8_t)0x00)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access CORTEX MPU Instruction Access
* @{
*/
#define MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE ((uint8_t)0x01)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Shareable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE ((uint8_t)0x00)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Cacheable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE ((uint8_t)0x00)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Bufferable
* @{
*/
#define MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE ((uint8_t)0x00)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_TEX_Levels MPU TEX Levels
* @{
*/
#define MPU_TEX_LEVEL0 ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define MPU_TEX_LEVEL1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define MPU_TEX_LEVEL2 ((uint8_t)0x02)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size CORTEX MPU Region Size
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B ((uint8_t)0x06)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B ((uint8_t)0x07)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B ((uint8_t)0x08)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB ((uint8_t)0x09)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB ((uint8_t)0x0A)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB ((uint8_t)0x0B)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB ((uint8_t)0x0C)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB ((uint8_t)0x0D)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB ((uint8_t)0x0E)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB ((uint8_t)0x0F)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB ((uint8_t)0x10)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB ((uint8_t)0x11)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB ((uint8_t)0x12)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB ((uint8_t)0x13)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB ((uint8_t)0x14)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB ((uint8_t)0x15)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB ((uint8_t)0x16)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB ((uint8_t)0x17)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB ((uint8_t)0x18)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB ((uint8_t)0x19)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB ((uint8_t)0x1A)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB ((uint8_t)0x1B)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB ((uint8_t)0x1C)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB ((uint8_t)0x1D)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB ((uint8_t)0x1E)
#define MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB ((uint8_t)0x1F)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes CORTEX MPU Region Permission Attributes
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS ((uint8_t)0x03)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO ((uint8_t)0x06)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number CORTEX MPU Region Number
* @{
*/
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER0 ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER2 ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER3 ((uint8_t)0x03)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER4 ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER6 ((uint8_t)0x06)
#define MPU_REGION_NUMBER7 ((uint8_t)0x07)
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported Macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup);
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority);
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void);
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void);
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority);
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn);
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource);
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void);
void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void);
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control);
void HAL_MPU_Disable(void);
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init);
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Private_Macros CORTEX Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4))
#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10U)
#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10U)
#define IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQ) ((IRQ) >= (IRQn_Type)0x00U)
#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) || \
((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8))
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
#define IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_REGION_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_REGION_DISABLE))
#define IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE))
#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE))
#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE))
#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE) || \
((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE))
#define IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(TYPE) (((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL0) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL1) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL2))
#define IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO) || \
((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO))
#define IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER0) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER1) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER2) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER3) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER4) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER5) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER6) || \
((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER7))
#define IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB) || \
((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB))
#define IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(SUBREGION) ((SUBREGION) < (uint16_t)0x00FF)
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_CORTEX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

197
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_def.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_def.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file contains HAL common defines, enumeration, macros and
* structures definitions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_DEF
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
#include "Legacy/stm32_hal_legacy.h"
#include <stddef.h>
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief HAL Status structures definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_OK = 0x00U,
HAL_ERROR = 0x01U,
HAL_BUSY = 0x02U,
HAL_TIMEOUT = 0x03U
} HAL_StatusTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL Lock structures definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_UNLOCKED = 0x00U,
HAL_LOCKED = 0x01U
} HAL_LockTypeDef;
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define UNUSED(X) (void)X /* To avoid gcc/g++ warnings */
#define HAL_MAX_DELAY 0xFFFFFFFFU
#define HAL_IS_BIT_SET(REG, BIT) (((REG) & (BIT)) == (BIT))
#define HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(REG, BIT) (((REG) & (BIT)) == 0U)
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD__, __DMA_HANDLE__) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD__ = &(__DMA_HANDLE__); \
(__DMA_HANDLE__).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
} while(0U)
/** @brief Reset the Handle's State field.
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the Peripheral Handle.
* @note This macro can be used for the following purpose:
* - When the Handle is declared as local variable; before passing it as parameter
* to HAL_PPP_Init() for the first time, it is mandatory to use this macro
* to set to 0 the Handle's "State" field.
* Otherwise, "State" field may have any random value and the first time the function
* HAL_PPP_Init() is called, the low level hardware initialization will be missed
* (i.e. HAL_PPP_MspInit() will not be executed).
* - When there is a need to reconfigure the low level hardware: instead of calling
* HAL_PPP_DeInit() then HAL_PPP_Init(), user can make a call to this macro then HAL_PPP_Init().
* In this later function, when the Handle's "State" field is set to 0, it will execute the function
* HAL_PPP_MspInit() which will reconfigure the low level hardware.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = 0U)
#if (USE_RTOS == 1U)
/* Reserved for future use */
#error "USE_RTOS should be 0 in the current HAL release"
#else
#define __HAL_LOCK(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
if((__HANDLE__)->Lock == HAL_LOCKED) \
{ \
return HAL_BUSY; \
} \
else \
{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_LOCKED; \
} \
}while (0U)
#define __HAL_UNLOCK(__HANDLE__) \
do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; \
}while (0U)
#endif /* USE_RTOS */
#if defined ( __GNUC__ ) && !defined (__CC_ARM) /* GNU Compiler */
#ifndef __weak
#define __weak __attribute__((weak))
#endif /* __weak */
#ifndef __packed
#define __packed __attribute__((__packed__))
#endif /* __packed */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/* Macro to get variable aligned on 4-bytes, for __ICCARM__ the directive "#pragma data_alignment=4" must be used instead */
#if defined ( __GNUC__ ) && !defined (__CC_ARM) /* GNU Compiler */
#ifndef __ALIGN_END
#define __ALIGN_END __attribute__ ((aligned (4)))
#endif /* __ALIGN_END */
#ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
#endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
#else
#ifndef __ALIGN_END
#define __ALIGN_END
#endif /* __ALIGN_END */
#ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
#if defined (__CC_ARM) /* ARM Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN __align(4)
#elif defined (__ICCARM__) /* IAR Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
#endif /* __CC_ARM */
#endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/**
* @brief __RAM_FUNC definition
*/
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
/* ARM Compiler
------------
RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate source module.
Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change the 'Code / Const'
area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the 'Options for Target'
dialog.
*/
#define __RAM_FUNC
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
/* ICCARM Compiler
---------------
RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
*/
#define __RAM_FUNC __ramfunc
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
/* GNU Compiler
------------
RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
"__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
*/
#define __RAM_FUNC __attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))
#endif
/**
* @brief __NOINLINE definition
*/
#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) || defined ( __GNUC__ )
/* ARM & GNUCompiler
----------------
*/
#define __NOINLINE __attribute__ ( (noinline) )
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
/* ICCARM Compiler
---------------
*/
#define __NOINLINE _Pragma("optimize = no_inline")
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ___STM32F4xx_HAL_DEF */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

804
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,804 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of DMA HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Types DMA Exported Types
* @brief DMA Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA Configuration Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Channel; /*!< Specifies the channel used for the specified stream.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Channel_selection */
uint32_t Direction; /*!< Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral,
from memory to memory or from peripheral to memory.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Data_transfer_direction */
uint32_t PeriphInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode */
uint32_t MemInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_incremented_mode */
uint32_t PeriphDataAlignment; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_data_size */
uint32_t MemDataAlignment; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_data_size */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Streamx.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_mode
@note The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory
data transfer is configured on the selected Stream */
uint32_t Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Streamx.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Priority_level */
uint32_t FIFOMode; /*!< Specifies if the FIFO mode or Direct mode will be used for the specified stream.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_FIFO_direct_mode
@note The Direct mode (FIFO mode disabled) cannot be used if the
memory-to-memory data transfer is configured on the selected stream */
uint32_t FIFOThreshold; /*!< Specifies the FIFO threshold level.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_FIFO_threshold_level */
uint32_t MemBurst; /*!< Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the memory transfers.
It specifies the amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptible
transaction.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_burst
@note The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled. */
uint32_t PeriphBurst; /*!< Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the peripheral transfers.
It specifies the amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptible
transaction.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_burst
@note The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled. */
}DMA_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL DMA State structures definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET = 0x00U, /*!< DMA not yet initialized or disabled */
HAL_DMA_STATE_READY = 0x01U, /*!< DMA initialized and ready for use */
HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY = 0x02U, /*!< DMA process is ongoing */
HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT = 0x03U, /*!< DMA timeout state */
HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR = 0x04U, /*!< DMA error state */
HAL_DMA_STATE_ABORT = 0x05U, /*!< DMA Abort state */
}HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL DMA Error Code structure definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER = 0x00U, /*!< Full transfer */
HAL_DMA_HALF_TRANSFER = 0x01U /*!< Half Transfer */
}HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef;
/**
* @brief HAL DMA Error Code structure definition
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID = 0x00U, /*!< Full transfer */
HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID = 0x01U, /*!< Half Transfer */
HAL_DMA_XFER_M1CPLT_CB_ID = 0x02U, /*!< M1 Full Transfer */
HAL_DMA_XFER_M1HALFCPLT_CB_ID = 0x03U, /*!< M1 Half Transfer */
HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID = 0x04U, /*!< Error */
HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID = 0x05U, /*!< Abort */
HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID = 0x06U /*!< All */
}HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef;
/**
* @brief DMA handle Structure definition
*/
typedef struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef
{
DMA_Stream_TypeDef *Instance; /*!< Register base address */
DMA_InitTypeDef Init; /*!< DMA communication parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /*!< DMA locking object */
__IO HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef State; /*!< DMA transfer state */
void *Parent; /*!< Parent object state */
void (* XferCpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer complete callback */
void (* XferHalfCpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA Half transfer complete callback */
void (* XferM1CpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer complete Memory1 callback */
void (* XferM1HalfCpltCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer Half complete Memory1 callback */
void (* XferErrorCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer error callback */
void (* XferAbortCallback)( struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma); /*!< DMA transfer Abort callback */
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /*!< DMA Error code */
uint32_t StreamBaseAddress; /*!< DMA Stream Base Address */
uint32_t StreamIndex; /*!< DMA Stream Index */
}DMA_HandleTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants DMA Exported Constants
* @brief DMA Exported constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Error_Code DMA Error Code
* @brief DMA Error Code
* @{
*/
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE 0x00000000U /*!< No error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE 0x00000001U /*!< Transfer error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE 0x00000002U /*!< FIFO error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME 0x00000004U /*!< Direct Mode error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT 0x00000020U /*!< Timeout error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_PARAM 0x00000040U /*!< Parameter error */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER 0x00000080U /*!< Abort requested with no Xfer ongoing */
#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED 0x00000100U /*!< Not supported mode */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Channel_selection DMA Channel selection
* @brief DMA channel selection
* @{
*/
#define DMA_CHANNEL_0 0x00000000U /*!< DMA Channel 0 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_1 0x02000000U /*!< DMA Channel 1 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_2 0x04000000U /*!< DMA Channel 2 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_3 0x06000000U /*!< DMA Channel 3 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_4 0x08000000U /*!< DMA Channel 4 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_5 0x0A000000U /*!< DMA Channel 5 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_6 0x0C000000U /*!< DMA Channel 6 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_7 0x0E000000U /*!< DMA Channel 7 */
#if defined (DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_3)
#define DMA_CHANNEL_8 0x10000000U /*!< DMA Channel 8 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_9 0x12000000U /*!< DMA Channel 9 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_10 0x14000000U /*!< DMA Channel 10 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_11 0x16000000U /*!< DMA Channel 11 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_12 0x18000000U /*!< DMA Channel 12 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_13 0x1A000000U /*!< DMA Channel 13 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_14 0x1C000000U /*!< DMA Channel 14 */
#define DMA_CHANNEL_15 0x1E000000U /*!< DMA Channel 15 */
#endif /* DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_3 */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Data_transfer_direction DMA Data transfer direction
* @brief DMA data transfer direction
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY 0x00000000U /*!< Peripheral to memory direction */
#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DIR_0) /*!< Memory to peripheral direction */
#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DIR_1) /*!< Memory to memory direction */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode DMA Peripheral incremented mode
* @brief DMA peripheral incremented mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PINC_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PINC) /*!< Peripheral increment mode enable */
#define DMA_PINC_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< Peripheral increment mode disable */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_incremented_mode DMA Memory incremented mode
* @brief DMA memory incremented mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_MINC_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MINC) /*!< Memory increment mode enable */
#define DMA_MINC_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< Memory increment mode disable */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_data_size DMA Peripheral data size
* @brief DMA peripheral data size
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE 0x00000000U /*!< Peripheral data alignment: Byte */
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PSIZE_0) /*!< Peripheral data alignment: HalfWord */
#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PSIZE_1) /*!< Peripheral data alignment: Word */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_data_size DMA Memory data size
* @brief DMA memory data size
* @{
*/
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE 0x00000000U /*!< Memory data alignment: Byte */
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MSIZE_0) /*!< Memory data alignment: HalfWord */
#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MSIZE_1) /*!< Memory data alignment: Word */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_mode DMA mode
* @brief DMA mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_NORMAL 0x00000000U /*!< Normal mode */
#define DMA_CIRCULAR ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_CIRC) /*!< Circular mode */
#define DMA_PFCTRL ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PFCTRL) /*!< Peripheral flow control mode */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Priority_level DMA Priority level
* @brief DMA priority levels
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PRIORITY_LOW 0x00000000U /*!< Priority level: Low */
#define DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PL_0) /*!< Priority level: Medium */
#define DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PL_1) /*!< Priority level: High */
#define DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PL) /*!< Priority level: Very High */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_FIFO_direct_mode DMA FIFO direct mode
* @brief DMA FIFO direct mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE 0x00000000U /*!< FIFO mode disable */
#define DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE ((uint32_t)DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS) /*!< FIFO mode enable */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_FIFO_threshold_level DMA FIFO threshold level
* @brief DMA FIFO level
* @{
*/
#define DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_1QUARTERFULL 0x00000000U /*!< FIFO threshold 1 quart full configuration */
#define DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_HALFFULL ((uint32_t)DMA_SxFCR_FTH_0) /*!< FIFO threshold half full configuration */
#define DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_3QUARTERSFULL ((uint32_t)DMA_SxFCR_FTH_1) /*!< FIFO threshold 3 quarts full configuration */
#define DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_FULL ((uint32_t)DMA_SxFCR_FTH) /*!< FIFO threshold full configuration */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_burst DMA Memory burst
* @brief DMA memory burst
* @{
*/
#define DMA_MBURST_SINGLE 0x00000000U
#define DMA_MBURST_INC4 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MBURST_0)
#define DMA_MBURST_INC8 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MBURST_1)
#define DMA_MBURST_INC16 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_MBURST)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_burst DMA Peripheral burst
* @brief DMA peripheral burst
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PBURST_SINGLE 0x00000000U
#define DMA_PBURST_INC4 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PBURST_0)
#define DMA_PBURST_INC8 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PBURST_1)
#define DMA_PBURST_INC16 ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PBURST)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_interrupt_enable_definitions DMA interrupt enable definitions
* @brief DMA interrupts definition
* @{
*/
#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_TCIE)
#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_HTIE)
#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_TEIE)
#define DMA_IT_DME ((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DMEIE)
#define DMA_IT_FE 0x00000080U
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_flag_definitions DMA flag definitions
* @brief DMA flag definitions
* @{
*/
#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 0x00000001U
#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 0x00000004U
#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 0x00000008U
#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 0x00000010U
#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 0x00000020U
#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5 0x00000040U
#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5 0x00000100U
#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5 0x00000200U
#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5 0x00000400U
#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5 0x00000800U
#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6 0x00010000U
#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6 0x00040000U
#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6 0x00080000U
#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6 0x00100000U
#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6 0x00200000U
#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF3_7 0x00400000U
#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3_7 0x01000000U
#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF3_7 0x02000000U
#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF3_7 0x04000000U
#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF3_7 0x08000000U
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @brief Reset DMA handle state
* @param __HANDLE__ specifies the DMA handle.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream FIFO filled level.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The FIFO filling state.
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull: when FIFO is less than 1 quarter-full
* and not empty.
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full.
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full.
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull: if more than 3 quarters-full.
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty
* - DMA_FIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FS(__HANDLE__) (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->FCR & (DMA_SxFCR_FS)))
/**
* @brief Enable the specified DMA Stream.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= DMA_SxCR_EN)
/**
* @brief Disable the specified DMA Stream.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~DMA_SxCR_EN)
/* Interrupt & Flag management */
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream transfer complete flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified transfer complete flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__) \
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6 :\
DMA_FLAG_TCIF3_7)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream half transfer complete flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified half transfer complete flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6 :\
DMA_FLAG_HTIF3_7)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream transfer error flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6 :\
DMA_FLAG_TEIF3_7)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream FIFO error flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified FIFO error flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6 :\
DMA_FLAG_FEIF3_7)
/**
* @brief Return the current DMA Stream direct mode error flag.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @retval The specified direct mode error flag index.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream0))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream4))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream1))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream5))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream2))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6 :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Stream6))? DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6 :\
DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3_7)
/**
* @brief Get the DMA Stream pending flags.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __FLAG__ Get the specified flag.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx: Direct mode error flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_FEIFx: FIFO error flag.
* Where x can be 0_4, 1_5, 2_6 or 3_7 to select the DMA Stream flag.
* @retval The state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__)\
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA2_Stream3)? (DMA2->HISR & (__FLAG__)) :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA1_Stream7)? (DMA2->LISR & (__FLAG__)) :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA1_Stream3)? (DMA1->HISR & (__FLAG__)) : (DMA1->LISR & (__FLAG__)))
/**
* @brief Clear the DMA Stream pending flags.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Half transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx: Direct mode error flag.
* @arg DMA_FLAG_FEIFx: FIFO error flag.
* Where x can be 0_4, 1_5, 2_6 or 3_7 to select the DMA Stream flag.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) \
(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA2_Stream3)? (DMA2->HIFCR = (__FLAG__)) :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA1_Stream7)? (DMA2->LIFCR = (__FLAG__)) :\
((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > (uint32_t)DMA1_Stream3)? (DMA1->HIFCR = (__FLAG__)) : (DMA1->LIFCR = (__FLAG__)))
/**
* @brief Enable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_FE: FIFO error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_DME: Direct mode error interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((__INTERRUPT__) != DMA_IT_FE)? \
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR |= (__INTERRUPT__)) : ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->FCR |= (__INTERRUPT__)))
/**
* @brief Disable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_FE: FIFO error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_DME: Direct mode error interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((__INTERRUPT__) != DMA_IT_FE)? \
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR &= ~(__INTERRUPT__)) : ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->FCR &= ~(__INTERRUPT__)))
/**
* @brief Check whether the specified DMA Stream interrupt is enabled or disabled.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the DMA interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_FE: FIFO error interrupt mask.
* @arg DMA_IT_DME: Direct mode error interrupt.
* @retval The state of DMA_IT.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) (((__INTERRUPT__) != DMA_IT_FE)? \
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR & (__INTERRUPT__)) : \
((__HANDLE__)->Instance->FCR & (__INTERRUPT__)))
/**
* @brief Writes the number of data units to be transferred on the DMA Stream.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
* @param __COUNTER__ Number of data units to be transferred (from 0 to 65535)
* Number of data items depends only on the Peripheral data format.
*
* @note If Peripheral data format is Bytes: number of data units is equal
* to total number of bytes to be transferred.
*
* @note If Peripheral data format is Half-Word: number of data units is
* equal to total number of bytes to be transferred / 2.
*
* @note If Peripheral data format is Word: number of data units is equal
* to total number of bytes to be transferred / 4.
*
* @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_SET_COUNTER(__HANDLE__, __COUNTER__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->NDTR = (uint16_t)(__COUNTER__))
/**
* @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer.
* @param __HANDLE__ DMA handle
*
* @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMA Stream transfer.
*/
#define __HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->NDTR)
/* Include DMA HAL Extension module */
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
* @brief DMA Exported functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @{
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 I/O operation functions
* @brief I/O operation functions
* @{
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout);
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_CleanCallbacks(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)(DMA_HandleTypeDef *_hdma));
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
* @{
*/
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private Constants -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Constants DMA Private Constants
* @brief DMA private defines and constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Macros DMA Private Macros
* @brief DMA private macros
* @{
*/
#if defined (DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_3)
#define IS_DMA_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_0) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_7) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_8) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_9) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_10)|| \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_11)|| \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_12)|| \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_13)|| \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_14)|| \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_15))
#else
#define IS_DMA_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_0) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == DMA_CHANNEL_7))
#endif /* DMA_SxCR_CHSEL_3 */
#define IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY ) || \
((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x01U) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000U))
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PINC_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == DMA_PINC_DISABLE))
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MINC_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == DMA_MINC_DISABLE))
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD ))
#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_NORMAL ) || \
((MODE) == DMA_CIRCULAR) || \
((MODE) == DMA_PFCTRL))
#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_LOW ) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH))
#define IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE ) || \
((STATE) == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE))
#define IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) (((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_1QUARTERFULL ) || \
((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_HALFFULL) || \
((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_3QUARTERSFULL) || \
((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_FULL))
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == DMA_MBURST_SINGLE) || \
((BURST) == DMA_MBURST_INC4) || \
((BURST) == DMA_MBURST_INC8) || \
((BURST) == DMA_MBURST_INC16))
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == DMA_PBURST_SINGLE) || \
((BURST) == DMA_PBURST_INC4) || \
((BURST) == DMA_PBURST_INC8) || \
((BURST) == DMA_PBURST_INC16))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
* @brief DMA private functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

104
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of DMA HAL extension module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Types DMAEx Exported Types
* @brief DMAEx Exported types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief HAL DMA Memory definition
*/
typedef enum
{
MEMORY0 = 0x00U, /*!< Memory 0 */
MEMORY1 = 0x01U /*!< Memory 1 */
}HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions DMAEx Exported Functions
* @brief DMAEx Exported functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
* @{
*/
/* IO operation functions *******************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t Address, HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Private_Functions DMAEx Private Functions
* @brief DMAEx Private functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F4xx_HAL_DMA_EX_H*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

264
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_exti.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of EXTI HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef STM32f4xx_HAL_EXTI_H
#define STM32f4xx_HAL_EXTI_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI EXTI
* @brief EXTI HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Types EXTI Exported Types
* @{
*/
typedef enum
{
HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID = 0x00U,
HAL_EXTI_RISING_CB_ID = 0x01U,
HAL_EXTI_FALLING_CB_ID = 0x02U,
} EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef;
/**
* @brief EXTI Handle structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Line; /*!< Exti line number */
void (* RisingCallback)(void); /*!< Exti rising callback */
void (* FallingCallback)(void); /*!< Exti falling callback */
} EXTI_HandleTypeDef;
/**
* @brief EXTI Configuration structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Line; /*!< The Exti line to be configured. This parameter
can be a value of @ref EXTI_Line */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< The Exit Mode to be configured for a core.
This parameter can be a combination of @ref EXTI_Mode */
uint32_t Trigger; /*!< The Exti Trigger to be configured. This parameter
can be a value of @ref EXTI_Trigger */
} EXTI_ConfigTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants EXTI Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Line EXTI Line
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_LINE_0 EXTI_IMR_IM0 /*!< External interrupt line 0 */
#define EXTI_LINE_1 EXTI_IMR_IM1 /*!< External interrupt line 1 */
#define EXTI_LINE_2 EXTI_IMR_IM2 /*!< External interrupt line 2 */
#define EXTI_LINE_3 EXTI_IMR_IM3 /*!< External interrupt line 3 */
#define EXTI_LINE_4 EXTI_IMR_IM4 /*!< External interrupt line 4 */
#define EXTI_LINE_5 EXTI_IMR_IM5 /*!< External interrupt line 5 */
#define EXTI_LINE_6 EXTI_IMR_IM6 /*!< External interrupt line 6 */
#define EXTI_LINE_7 EXTI_IMR_IM7 /*!< External interrupt line 7 */
#define EXTI_LINE_8 EXTI_IMR_IM8 /*!< External interrupt line 8 */
#define EXTI_LINE_9 EXTI_IMR_IM9 /*!< External interrupt line 9 */
#define EXTI_LINE_10 EXTI_IMR_IM10 /*!< External interrupt line 10 */
#define EXTI_LINE_11 EXTI_IMR_IM11 /*!< External interrupt line 11 */
#define EXTI_LINE_12 EXTI_IMR_IM12 /*!< External interrupt line 12 */
#define EXTI_LINE_13 EXTI_IMR_IM13 /*!< External interrupt line 13 */
#define EXTI_LINE_14 EXTI_IMR_IM14 /*!< External interrupt line 14 */
#define EXTI_LINE_15 EXTI_IMR_IM15 /*!< External interrupt line 15 */
#define EXTI_LINE_16 EXTI_IMR_IM16 /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD Output */
#define EXTI_LINE_17 EXTI_IMR_IM17 /*!< External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event */
#define EXTI_LINE_18 EXTI_IMR_IM18 /*!< External interrupt line 18 Connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup from suspend event */
#define EXTI_LINE_19 EXTI_IMR_IM19 /*!< External interrupt line 19 Connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event */
#define EXTI_LINE_20 EXTI_IMR_IM20 /*!< External interrupt line 20 Connected to the USB OTG HS (configured in FS) Wakeup event */
#define EXTI_LINE_21 EXTI_IMR_IM21 /*!< External interrupt line 21 Connected to the RTC Tamper and Time Stamp events */
#define EXTI_LINE_22 EXTI_IMR_IM22 /*!< External interrupt line 22 Connected to the RTC Wakeup event */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Mode EXTI Mode
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT 0x00000000U
#define EXTI_MODE_EVENT 0x00000004U
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Trigger EXTI Trigger
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING 0x00000008U
#define EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING 0x0000000CU
#define EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING 0x00000010U
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Macros EXTI Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief EXTI Mask for interrupt & event mode
*/
#define EXTI_MODE_MASK (EXTI_MODE_EVENT | EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT)
/**
* @brief EXTI Mask for trigger possibilities
*/
#define EXTI_TRIGGER_MASK (EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING | EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING | EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING)
/**
* @brief EXTI Line number
*/
#define EXTI_LINE_NB 23UL
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Macros EXTI Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_EXTI_LINE(__LINE__) (((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_0) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_1) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_2) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_3) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_4) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_5) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_6) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_7) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_8) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_9) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_10) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_11) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_12) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_13) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_14) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_15) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_16) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_17) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_18) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_19) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_20) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_21) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_LINE_22))
#define IS_EXTI_MODE(__LINE__) ((((__LINE__) & ~EXTI_MODE_MASK) == 0x00U))
#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(__LINE__) (((__LINE__) & ~EXTI_TRIGGER_MASK) == 0x00U)
#define IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(__LINE__) (((__LINE__) == EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) || \
((__LINE__) == EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
#define IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(__PIN__) ((__PIN__) < 16U)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Functions EXTI Exported Functions
* @brief EXTI Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Configuration functions
* @brief Configuration functions
* @{
*/
/* Configuration functions ****************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void));
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
* @{
*/
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti);
uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge);
void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge);
void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* STM32f4xx_HAL_EXTI_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

428
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of FLASH HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_FLASH_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_FLASH_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Types FLASH Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief FLASH Procedure structure definition
*/
typedef enum
{
FLASH_PROC_NONE = 0U,
FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE,
FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE,
FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM
} FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef;
/**
* @brief FLASH handle Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
__IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef ProcedureOnGoing; /*Internal variable to indicate which procedure is ongoing or not in IT context*/
__IO uint32_t NbSectorsToErase; /*Internal variable to save the remaining sectors to erase in IT context*/
__IO uint8_t VoltageForErase; /*Internal variable to provide voltage range selected by user in IT context*/
__IO uint32_t Sector; /*Internal variable to define the current sector which is erasing*/
__IO uint32_t Bank; /*Internal variable to save current bank selected during mass erase*/
__IO uint32_t Address; /*Internal variable to save address selected for program*/
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* FLASH locking object */
__IO uint32_t ErrorCode; /* FLASH error code */
}FLASH_ProcessTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants FLASH Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Error_Code FLASH Error Code
* @brief FLASH Error Code
* @{
*/
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE 0x00000000U /*!< No error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD 0x00000001U /*!< Read Protection error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS 0x00000002U /*!< Programming Sequence error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP 0x00000004U /*!< Programming Parallelism error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA 0x00000008U /*!< Programming Alignment error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP 0x00000010U /*!< Write protection error */
#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION 0x00000020U /*!< Operation Error */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Type_Program FLASH Type Program
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE 0x00000000U /*!< Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address */
#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD 0x00000001U /*!< Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address */
#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD 0x00000002U /*!< Program a word (32-bit) at a specified address */
#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD 0x00000003U /*!< Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Flag_definition FLASH Flag definition
* @brief Flag definition
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP FLASH_SR_EOP /*!< FLASH End of Operation flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_OPERR FLASH_SR_SOP /*!< FLASH operation Error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR FLASH_SR_WRPERR /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR FLASH_SR_PGAERR /*!< FLASH Programming Alignment error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR FLASH_SR_PGPERR /*!< FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR FLASH_SR_PGSERR /*!< FLASH Programming Sequence error flag */
#if defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR)
#define FLASH_FLAG_RDERR FLASH_SR_RDERR /*!< Read Protection error flag (PCROP) */
#endif /* FLASH_SR_RDERR */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY FLASH_SR_BSY /*!< FLASH Busy flag */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupt_definition FLASH Interrupt definition
* @brief FLASH Interrupt definition
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_IT_EOP FLASH_CR_EOPIE /*!< End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source */
#define FLASH_IT_ERR 0x02000000U /*!< Error Interrupt source */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Program_Parallelism FLASH Program Parallelism
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE 0x00000000U
#define FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD 0x00000100U
#define FLASH_PSIZE_WORD 0x00000200U
#define FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD 0x00000300U
#define CR_PSIZE_MASK 0xFFFFFCFFU
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Keys FLASH Keys
* @{
*/
#define RDP_KEY ((uint16_t)0x00A5)
#define FLASH_KEY1 0x45670123U
#define FLASH_KEY2 0xCDEF89ABU
#define FLASH_OPT_KEY1 0x08192A3BU
#define FLASH_OPT_KEY2 0x4C5D6E7FU
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Macros FLASH Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set the FLASH Latency.
* @param __LATENCY__ FLASH Latency
* The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(__LATENCY__) (*(__IO uint8_t *)ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)(__LATENCY__))
/**
* @brief Get the FLASH Latency.
* @retval FLASH Latency
* The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() (READ_BIT((FLASH->ACR), FLASH_ACR_LATENCY))
/**
* @brief Enable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE() (FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN)
/**
* @brief Disable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE() (FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN))
/**
* @brief Enable the FLASH instruction cache.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE() (FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICEN)
/**
* @brief Disable the FLASH instruction cache.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE() (FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_ICEN))
/**
* @brief Enable the FLASH data cache.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_ENABLE() (FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCEN)
/**
* @brief Disable the FLASH data cache.
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE() (FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_DCEN))
/**
* @brief Resets the FLASH instruction Cache.
* @note This function must be used only when the Instruction Cache is disabled.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_RESET() do {FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICRST; \
FLASH->ACR &= ~FLASH_ACR_ICRST; \
}while(0U)
/**
* @brief Resets the FLASH data Cache.
* @note This function must be used only when the data Cache is disabled.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_RESET() do {FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCRST; \
FLASH->ACR &= ~FLASH_ACR_DCRST; \
}while(0U)
/**
* @brief Enable the specified FLASH interrupt.
* @param __INTERRUPT__ FLASH interrupt
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
* @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__) (FLASH->CR |= (__INTERRUPT__))
/**
* @brief Disable the specified FLASH interrupt.
* @param __INTERRUPT__ FLASH interrupt
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
* @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__) (FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)(__INTERRUPT__))
/**
* @brief Get the specified FLASH flag status.
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the FLASH flags to check.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP : FLASH End of Operation flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR : FLASH operation Error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_RDERR : FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP) (*)
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY : FLASH Busy flag
* (*) FLASH_FLAG_RDERR is not available for STM32F405xx/407xx/415xx/417xx devices
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__) ((FLASH->SR & (__FLAG__)))
/**
* @brief Clear the specified FLASH flags.
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the FLASH flags to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP : FLASH End of Operation flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR : FLASH operation Error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_RDERR : FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP) (*)
* (*) FLASH_FLAG_RDERR is not available for STM32F405xx/407xx/415xx/417xx devices
* @retval none
*/
#define __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__) (FLASH->SR = (__FLAG__))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include FLASH HAL Extension module */
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.h"
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Program operation functions ***********************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
/* FLASH IRQ handler method */
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void);
/* Callbacks in non blocking modes */
void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions **********************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void);
/* Option bytes control */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral State functions ************************************************/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief ACR register byte 0 (Bits[7:0]) base address
*/
#define ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS 0x40023C00U
/**
* @brief OPTCR register byte 0 (Bits[7:0]) base address
*/
#define OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS 0x40023C14U
/**
* @brief OPTCR register byte 1 (Bits[15:8]) base address
*/
#define OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS 0x40023C15U
/**
* @brief OPTCR register byte 2 (Bits[23:16]) base address
*/
#define OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS 0x40023C16U
/**
* @brief OPTCR register byte 3 (Bits[31:24]) base address
*/
#define OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS 0x40023C17U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_IS_FLASH_Definitions FLASH Private macros to check input parameters
* @{
*/
#define IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(VALUE)(((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE) || \
((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) || \
((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) || \
((VALUE) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_FLASH_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1066
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

79
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of FLASH RAMFUNC driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H
#define __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F412Zx) ||\
defined(STM32F412Vx) || defined(STM32F412Rx) || defined(STM32F412Cx)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_StopFlashInterfaceClk(void);
__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_StartFlashInterfaceClk(void);
__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EnableFlashSleepMode(void);
__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DisableFlashSleepMode(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F412Zx || STM32F412Vx || STM32F412Rx || STM32F412Cx */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

309
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of GPIO HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_GPIO_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_GPIO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Types GPIO Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief GPIO Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_mode_define */
uint32_t Pull; /*!< Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-Down activation for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_pull_define */
uint32_t Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_speed_define */
uint32_t Alternate; /*!< Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_Alternate_function_selection */
}GPIO_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief GPIO Bit SET and Bit RESET enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
GPIO_PIN_RESET = 0,
GPIO_PIN_SET
}GPIO_PinState;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants GPIO Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define GPIO pins define
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_PIN_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* Pin 0 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* Pin 1 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /* Pin 2 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /* Pin 3 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /* Pin 4 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /* Pin 5 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /* Pin 6 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /* Pin 7 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /* Pin 8 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /* Pin 9 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /* Pin 10 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /* Pin 11 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /* Pin 12 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /* Pin 13 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /* Pin 14 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /* Pin 15 selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /* All pins selected */
#define GPIO_PIN_MASK 0x0000FFFFU /* PIN mask for assert test */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_mode_define GPIO mode define
* @brief GPIO Configuration Mode
* Elements values convention: 0xX0yz00YZ
* - X : GPIO mode or EXTI Mode
* - y : External IT or Event trigger detection
* - z : IO configuration on External IT or Event
* - Y : Output type (Push Pull or Open Drain)
* - Z : IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog)
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_MODE_INPUT 0x00000000U /*!< Input Floating Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP 0x00000001U /*!< Output Push Pull Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD 0x00000011U /*!< Output Open Drain Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_AF_PP 0x00000002U /*!< Alternate Function Push Pull Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_AF_OD 0x00000012U /*!< Alternate Function Open Drain Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_ANALOG 0x00000003U /*!< Analog Mode */
#define GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING 0x10110000U /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING 0x10210000U /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING 0x10310000U /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING 0x10120000U /*!< External Event Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING 0x10220000U /*!< External Event Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING 0x10320000U /*!< External Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_speed_define GPIO speed define
* @brief GPIO Output Maximum frequency
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW 0x00000000U /*!< IO works at 2 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
#define GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM 0x00000001U /*!< range 12,5 MHz to 50 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
#define GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH 0x00000002U /*!< range 25 MHz to 100 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
#define GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH 0x00000003U /*!< range 50 MHz to 200 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_pull_define GPIO pull define
* @brief GPIO Pull-Up or Pull-Down Activation
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_NOPULL 0x00000000U /*!< No Pull-up or Pull-down activation */
#define GPIO_PULLUP 0x00000001U /*!< Pull-up activation */
#define GPIO_PULLDOWN 0x00000002U /*!< Pull-down activation */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Macros GPIO Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI line flag to check.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
* @retval The new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR & (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15)
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR = (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI line to check.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
* @retval The new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or RESET).
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR & (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending bits.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI lines to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15)
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR = (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
* @param __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI line to check.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->SWIER |= (__EXTI_LINE__))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include GPIO HAL Extension module */
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_gpio_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init);
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @{
*/
/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState);
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Macros GPIO Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == GPIO_PIN_RESET) || ((ACTION) == GPIO_PIN_SET))
#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) ((((PIN) & GPIO_PIN_MASK ) != 0x00U) && (((PIN) & ~GPIO_PIN_MASK) == 0x00U))
#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING) ||\
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) || \
((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH))
#define IS_GPIO_PULL(PULL) (((PULL) == GPIO_NOPULL) || ((PULL) == GPIO_PULLUP) || \
((PULL) == GPIO_PULLDOWN))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions GPIO Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_GPIO_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1592
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio_ex.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

431
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of PWR HAL module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Types PWR Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief PWR PVD configuration structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t PVDLevel; /*!< PVDLevel: Specifies the PVD detection level.
This parameter can be a value of @ref PWR_PVD_detection_level */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Mode: Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref PWR_PVD_Mode */
}PWR_PVDTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants PWR Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_WakeUp_Pins PWR WakeUp Pins
* @{
*/
#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 0x00000100U
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_detection_level PWR PVD detection level
* @{
*/
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_0 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV0
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_1 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV1
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_2 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV2
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_3 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV3
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_4 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV4
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_5 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV5
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_6 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV6
#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_7 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV7/* External input analog voltage
(Compare internally to VREFINT) */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode PWR PVD Mode
* @{
*/
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL 0x00000000U /*!< basic mode is used */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING 0x00010001U /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING 0x00010002U /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING 0x00010003U /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING 0x00020001U /*!< Event Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING 0x00020002U /*!< Event Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING 0x00020003U /*!< Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_in_STOP_mode PWR Regulator state in SLEEP/STOP mode
* @{
*/
#define PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON 0x00000000U
#define PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON PWR_CR_LPDS
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_SLEEP_mode_entry PWR SLEEP mode entry
* @{
*/
#define PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_STOP_mode_entry PWR STOP mode entry
* @{
*/
#define PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Flag PWR Flag
* @{
*/
#define PWR_FLAG_WU PWR_CSR_WUF
#define PWR_FLAG_SB PWR_CSR_SBF
#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO PWR_CSR_PVDO
#define PWR_FLAG_BRR PWR_CSR_BRR
#define PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY PWR_CSR_VOSRDY
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Macro PWR Exported Macro
* @{
*/
/** @brief Check PWR flag is set or not.
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event
* was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A
* or Alarm B), RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup.
* An additional wakeup event is detected if the WKUP pin is enabled
* (by setting the EWUP bit) when the WKUP pin level is already high.
* @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was
* resumed from StandBy mode.
* @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled
* by the HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() function. The PVD is stopped by Standby mode
* For this reason, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset
* until the PVDE bit is set.
* @arg PWR_FLAG_BRR: Backup regulator ready flag. This bit is not reset
* when the device wakes up from Standby mode or by a system reset
* or power reset.
* @arg PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY: This flag indicates that the Regulator voltage
* scaling output selection is ready.
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__) ((PWR->CSR & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
/** @brief Clear the PWR's pending flags.
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
* @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__) (PWR->CR |= (__FLAG__) << 2U)
/**
* @brief Enable the PVD Exti Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() (EXTI->IMR |= (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Disable the PVD EXTI Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT() (EXTI->IMR &= ~(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Enable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT() (EXTI->EMR |= (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Disable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT() (EXTI->EMR &= ~(PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Enable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising Trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE() SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising Trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE() CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief Enable the PVD Extended Interrupt Falling Trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE() SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Falling Trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE() CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
/**
* @brief PVD EXTI line configuration: set rising & falling edge trigger.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE() do{__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();\
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();\
}while(0U)
/**
* @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising & Falling Trigger.
* This parameter can be:
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE() do{__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();\
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();\
}while(0U)
/**
* @brief checks whether the specified PVD Exti interrupt flag is set or not.
* @retval EXTI PVD Line Status.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() (EXTI->PR & (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Clear the PVD Exti flag.
* @retval None.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG() (EXTI->PR = (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @brief Generates a Software interrupt on PVD EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT() (EXTI->SWIER |= (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Include PWR HAL Extension module */
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.h"
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @{
*/
/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void);
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @{
*/
/* Peripheral Control functions **********************************************/
/* PVD configuration */
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD);
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void);
/* WakeUp pins configuration */
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx);
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx);
/* Low Power modes entry */
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry);
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry);
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void);
/* Power PVD IRQ Handler */
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void);
void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void);
/* Cortex System Control functions *******************************************/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void);
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void);
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Constants PWR Private Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_EXTI_Line PWR PVD EXTI Line
* @{
*/
#define PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD ((uint32_t)EXTI_IMR_MR16) /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD EXTI Line */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_register_alias_address PWR Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* ------------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------------*/
#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
#define PWR_CR_OFFSET 0x00U
#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET 0x04U
#define PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CR_OFFSET)
#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CSR_OFFSET)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_CR_register_alias PWR CR Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* --- CR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of DBP bit */
#define DBP_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_DBP_Pos
#define CR_DBP_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (DBP_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */
#define PVDE_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_PVDE_Pos
#define CR_PVDE_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (PVDE_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of VOS bit */
#define VOS_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_VOS_Pos
#define CR_VOS_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (VOS_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_CSR_register_alias PWR CSR Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* --- CSR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of EWUP bit */
#define EWUP_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CSR_EWUP_Pos
#define CSR_EWUP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (EWUP_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Macros PWR Private Macros
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_IS_PWR_Definitions PWR Private macros to check input parameters
* @{
*/
#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_0) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_1)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_3)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_5)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_7))
#define IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING)|| ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING) || \
((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING) || ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING) || \
((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING) || ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING) || \
((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL))
#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON) || \
((REGULATOR) == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON))
#define IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE))
#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

344
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of PWR HAL Extension module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Constants PWREx Exported Constants
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/** @defgroup PWREx_Regulator_state_in_UnderDrive_mode PWREx Regulator state in UnderDrive mode
* @{
*/
#define PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON PWR_CR_MRUDS
#define PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON ((uint32_t)(PWR_CR_LPDS | PWR_CR_LPUDS))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Over_Under_Drive_Flag PWREx Over Under Drive Flag
* @{
*/
#define PWR_FLAG_ODRDY PWR_CSR_ODRDY
#define PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY PWR_CSR_ODSWRDY
#define PWR_FLAG_UDRDY PWR_CSR_UDSWRDY
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/** @defgroup PWREx_Regulator_Voltage_Scale PWREx Regulator Voltage Scale
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 PWR_CR_VOS /* Scale 1 mode(default value at reset): the maximum value of fHCLK = 168 MHz. */
#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 0x00000000U /* Scale 2 mode: the maximum value of fHCLK = 144 MHz. */
#else
#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 PWR_CR_VOS /* Scale 1 mode(default value at reset): the maximum value of fHCLK is 168 MHz. It can be extended to
180 MHz by activating the over-drive mode. */
#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 PWR_CR_VOS_1 /* Scale 2 mode: the maximum value of fHCLK is 144 MHz. It can be extended to
168 MHz by activating the over-drive mode. */
#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3 PWR_CR_VOS_0 /* Scale 3 mode: the maximum value of fHCLK is 120 MHz. */
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F417xx */
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F412Zx) || defined(STM32F412Vx) || \
defined(STM32F412Rx) || defined(STM32F412Cx) || defined(STM32F413xx) || defined(STM32F423xx)
/** @defgroup PWREx_WakeUp_Pins PWREx WakeUp Pins
* @{
*/
#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 0x00000080U
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F412Zx) || defined(STM32F412Vx) || \
defined(STM32F412Rx) || defined(STM32F412Cx) || defined(STM32F413xx) || defined(STM32F423xx)
#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 0x00000040U
#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F412Zx || STM32F412Vx || STM32F412Rx || STM32F412Zx || STM32F412Vx || \
STM32F412Rx || STM32F412Cx || STM32F413xx || STM32F423xx */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F412Zx || STM32F412Vx || STM32F412Rx || STM32F412Cx ||
STM32F413xx || STM32F423xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Constants PWREx Exported Constants
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
/** @brief macros configure the main internal regulator output voltage.
* @param __REGULATOR__ specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
* a tradeoff between performance and power consumption when the device does
* not operate at the maximum frequency (refer to the datasheets for more details).
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(__REGULATOR__) do { \
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; \
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_VOS, (__REGULATOR__)); \
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */ \
tmpreg = READ_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_VOS); \
UNUSED(tmpreg); \
} while(0U)
#else
/** @brief macros configure the main internal regulator output voltage.
* @param __REGULATOR__ specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
* a tradeoff between performance and power consumption when the device does
* not operate at the maximum frequency (refer to the datasheets for more details).
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode
* @retval None
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(__REGULATOR__) do { \
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; \
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_VOS, (__REGULATOR__)); \
/* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */ \
tmpreg = READ_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_VOS); \
UNUSED(tmpreg); \
} while(0U)
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F417xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/** @brief Macros to enable or disable the Over drive mode.
* @note These macros can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM3243xx devices.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE() (*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODEN_BB = ENABLE)
#define __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE() (*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODEN_BB = DISABLE)
/** @brief Macros to enable or disable the Over drive switching.
* @note These macros can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM3243xx devices.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_ENABLE() (*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODSWEN_BB = ENABLE)
#define __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_DISABLE() (*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ODSWEN_BB = DISABLE)
/** @brief Macros to enable or disable the Under drive mode.
* @note This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode.
* In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This
* mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator
* is in low voltage mode.
* @note If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after
* exiting Stop mode.
* When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional
* startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE() (PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_UDEN)
#define __HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_DISABLE() (PWR->CR &= (uint32_t)(~PWR_CR_UDEN))
/** @brief Check PWR flag is set or not.
* @note These macros can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM3243xx devices.
* @param __FLAG__ specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_FLAG_ODRDY: This flag indicates that the Over-drive mode
* is ready
* @arg PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY: This flag indicates that the Over-drive mode
* switching is ready
* @arg PWR_FLAG_UDRDY: This flag indicates that the Under-drive mode
* is enabled in Stop mode
* @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_GET_ODRUDR_FLAG(__FLAG__) ((PWR->CSR & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
/** @brief Clear the Under-Drive Ready flag.
* @note These macros can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM3243xx devices.
*/
#define __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_ODRUDR_FLAG() (PWR->CSR |= PWR_FLAG_UDRDY)
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @{
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown(void);
void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg(void);
uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling);
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F401xC) ||\
defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F412Zx) || defined(STM32F412Vx) ||\
defined(STM32F412Rx) || defined(STM32F412Cx) || defined(STM32F413xx) || defined(STM32F423xx)
void HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void);
void HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void);
void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void);
void HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void);
#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F412Zx || STM32F412Vx ||\
STM32F412Rx || STM32F412Cx || STM32F413xx || STM32F423xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry);
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Private_Constants PWREx Private Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_register_alias_address PWREx Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* ------------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------------*/
/* --- CR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of FPDS bit */
#define FPDS_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_FPDS_Pos
#define CR_FPDS_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (FPDS_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of ODEN bit */
#define ODEN_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_ODEN_Pos
#define CR_ODEN_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (ODEN_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of ODSWEN bit */
#define ODSWEN_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_ODSWEN_Pos
#define CR_ODSWEN_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (ODSWEN_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of MRLVDS bit */
#define MRLVDS_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_MRLVDS_Pos
#define CR_MRLVDS_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (MRLVDS_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* Alias word address of LPLVDS bit */
#define LPLVDS_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_LPLVDS_Pos
#define CR_LPLVDS_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (LPLVDS_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_CSR_register_alias PWRx CSR Register alias address
* @{
*/
/* --- CSR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of BRE bit */
#define BRE_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CSR_BRE_Pos
#define CSR_BRE_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (BRE_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Private_Macros PWREx Private Macros
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_IS_PWR_Definitions PWREx Private macros to check input parameters
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON) || \
((REGULATOR) == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON))
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
#define IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VOLTAGE) (((VOLTAGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1) || \
((VOLTAGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2))
#else
#define IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VOLTAGE) (((VOLTAGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1) || \
((VOLTAGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2) || \
((VOLTAGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3))
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F417xx */
#if defined(STM32F446xx)
#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1) || ((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2))
#elif defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F412Zx) ||\
defined(STM32F412Vx) || defined(STM32F412Rx) || defined(STM32F412Cx) || defined(STM32F413xx) ||\
defined(STM32F423xx)
#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1) || ((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2) || \
((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3))
#else
#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) ((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1)
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1464
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

7138
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1971
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

351
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Header file of TIM HAL Extended module.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H
#define STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Types TIM Extended Exported Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief TIM Hall sensor Configuration Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t IC1Polarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */
uint32_t IC1Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */
uint32_t IC1Filter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter.
This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF */
uint32_t Commutation_Delay; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register.
This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF */
} TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of exported types -----------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Constants TIM Extended Exported Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Remap TIM Extended Remapping
* @{
*/
#if defined (TIM2)
#if defined(TIM8)
#define TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO 0x00000000U /*!< TIM2 ITR1 is connected to TIM8 TRGO */
#else
#define TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP TIM_OR_ITR1_RMP_0 /*!< TIM2 ITR1 is connected to PTP trigger output */
#endif /* TIM8 */
#define TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF TIM_OR_ITR1_RMP_1 /*!< TIM2 ITR1 is connected to OTG FS SOF */
#define TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF (TIM_OR_ITR1_RMP_1 | TIM_OR_ITR1_RMP_0) /*!< TIM2 ITR1 is connected to OTG HS SOF */
#endif /* TIM2 */
#define TIM_TIM5_GPIO 0x00000000U /*!< TIM5 TI4 is connected to GPIO */
#define TIM_TIM5_LSI TIM_OR_TI4_RMP_0 /*!< TIM5 TI4 is connected to LSI */
#define TIM_TIM5_LSE TIM_OR_TI4_RMP_1 /*!< TIM5 TI4 is connected to LSE */
#define TIM_TIM5_RTC (TIM_OR_TI4_RMP_1 | TIM_OR_TI4_RMP_0) /*!< TIM5 TI4 is connected to the RTC wakeup interrupt */
#define TIM_TIM11_GPIO 0x00000000U /*!< TIM11 TI1 is connected to GPIO */
#define TIM_TIM11_HSE TIM_OR_TI1_RMP_1 /*!< TIM11 TI1 is connected to HSE_RTC clock */
#if defined(SPDIFRX)
#define TIM_TIM11_SPDIFRX TIM_OR_TI1_RMP_0 /*!< TIM11 TI1 is connected to SPDIFRX_FRAME_SYNC */
#endif /* SPDIFRX*/
#if defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP) && defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP) && defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP)
#define LPTIM_REMAP_MASK 0x10000000U
#define TIM_TIM9_TIM3_TRGO LPTIM_REMAP_MASK /*!< TIM9 ITR1 is connected to TIM3 TRGO */
#define TIM_TIM9_LPTIM (LPTIM_REMAP_MASK | LPTIM_OR_TIM9_ITR1_RMP) /*!< TIM9 ITR1 is connected to LPTIM1 output */
#define TIM_TIM5_TIM3_TRGO LPTIM_REMAP_MASK /*!< TIM5 ITR1 is connected to TIM3 TRGO */
#define TIM_TIM5_LPTIM (LPTIM_REMAP_MASK | LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP) /*!< TIM5 ITR1 is connected to LPTIM1 output */
#define TIM_TIM1_TIM3_TRGO LPTIM_REMAP_MASK /*!< TIM1 ITR2 is connected to TIM3 TRGO */
#define TIM_TIM1_LPTIM (LPTIM_REMAP_MASK | LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP) /*!< TIM1 ITR2 is connected to LPTIM1 output */
#endif /* LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP && LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP && LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of exported constants -------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Macros TIM Extended Exported Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of exported macro -----------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Macros TIM Extended Private Macros
* @{
*/
#if defined(SPDIFRX)
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP) \
((((INSTANCE) == TIM2) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_SPDIFRX) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE))))
#elif defined(TIM2)
#if defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP) && defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP) && defined(LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP)
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP) \
((((INSTANCE) == TIM2) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM1) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM1_TIM3_TRGO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM1_LPTIM))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_TIM3_TRGO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LPTIM))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM9) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM9_TIM3_TRGO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM9_LPTIM))))
#elif defined(TIM8)
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP) \
((((INSTANCE) == TIM2) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE))))
#else
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP) \
((((INSTANCE) == TIM2) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE))))
#endif /* LPTIM_OR_TIM1_ITR2_RMP && LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP && LPTIM_OR_TIM5_ITR1_RMP */
#else
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP) \
((((INSTANCE) == TIM5) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_GPIO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSI) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_LSE) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM5_RTC))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO) || \
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE))))
#endif /* SPDIFRX */
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of private macro ------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Timer Hall Sensor functions
* @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions
* @{
*/
/* Timer Hall Sensor functions **********************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef *sConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
* @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
* @{
*/
/* Timer Complementary Output Compare functions *****************************/
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Timer Complementary PWM functions
* @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions
* @{
*/
/* Timer Complementary PWM functions ****************************************/
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: DMA */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Extended Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
* @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
* @{
*/
/* Timer Complementary One Pulse functions **********************************/
/* Blocking mode: Polling */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
/* Non-Blocking mode: Interrupt */
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
* @{
*/
/* Extended Control functions ************************************************/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef *sMasterConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extended Callbacks functions
* @brief Extended Callbacks functions
* @{
*/
/* Extended Callback **********************************************************/
void HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
void HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extended Peripheral State functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral State functions
* @{
*/
/* Extended Peripheral State functions ***************************************/
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of exported functions -------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIM Extended Private Functions
* @{
*/
void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
void TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of private functions --------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* STM32F4xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

603
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,603 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL module driver.
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
[..]
The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
(+) Common HAL APIs
(+) Services HAL APIs
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL HAL
* @brief HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief STM32F4xx HAL Driver version number V1.7.6
*/
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x07U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x06U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\
|(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
|(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U )\
|(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK 0x00000FFFU
/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
/* --- MEMRMP Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of UFB_MODE bit */
#define MEMRMP_OFFSET SYSCFG_OFFSET
#define UFB_MODE_BIT_NUMBER SYSCFG_MEMRMP_UFB_MODE_Pos
#define UFB_MODE_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32U) + (UFB_MODE_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* --- CMPCR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of CMP_PD bit */
#define CMPCR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x20U)
#define CMP_PD_BIT_NUMBER SYSCFG_CMPCR_CMP_PD_Pos
#define CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMPCR_OFFSET * 32U) + (CMP_PD_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/* --- MCHDLYCR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of BSCKSEL bit */
#define MCHDLYCR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x30U)
#define BSCKSEL_BIT_NUMBER SYSCFG_MCHDLYCR_BSCKSEL_Pos
#define MCHDLYCR_BSCKSEL_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MCHDLYCR_OFFSET * 32U) + (BSCKSEL_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
__IO uint32_t uwTick;
uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid PRIO */
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initializes the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial clock
configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
and the backup domain when enabled.
(+) De-Initializes common part of the HAL.
(+) Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
Tick interrupt priority.
(++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
handled in milliseconds basis.
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
ISR process will be blocked.
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first
* instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other
* HAL function), it performs the following:
* Configure the Flash prefetch, instruction and Data caches.
* Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond,
* which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet
* configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz).
* Set NVIC Group Priority to 4.
* Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file
* "stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization
*
* @note SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application
* need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond
* to have correct HAL operation.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
{
/* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache */
#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE != 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE();
#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */
#if (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE != 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_ENABLE();
#endif /* DATA_CACHE_ENABLE */
#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
/* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
/* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
* This function is optional.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset of all peripherals */
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspDeInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
* The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
* The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementation in user file.
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
/* Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / uwTickFreq)) > 0U)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
* @brief HAL Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
(+) Get the device identifier
(+) Get the device revision identifier
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
* used as application time base.
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
* in SysTick ISR.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
{
uwTick += uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval tick value
*/
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
{
return uwTick;
}
/**
* @brief This function returns a tick priority.
* @retval tick priority
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
{
return uwTickPrio;
}
/**
* @brief Set new tick Freq.
* @retval Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
{
uwTickFreq = Freq;
/* Apply the new tick Freq */
status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return tick frequency.
* @retval tick period in Hz
*/
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
{
return uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
* on variable incremented.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
* is incremented.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
{
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
uint32_t wait = Delay;
/* Add a freq to guarantee minimum wait */
if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
}
while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
{
}
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
* is suspended.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
* is resumed.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the HAL revision
* @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
{
return __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
* @retval Device revision identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
{
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16U);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
{
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @brief Enables the I/O Compensation Cell.
* @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
* voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableCompensationCell(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Power-down the I/O Compensation Cell.
* @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
* voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableCompensationCell(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Returns first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
{
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
}
/**
* @brief Returns second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
{
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
}
/**
* @brief Returns third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
{
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
}
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Enables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
*
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices.
*
* @note Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000)
* and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
*
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices.
*
* @note The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000)
* and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

505
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
===========================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
(#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
function according to the following table.
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) please refer to programming manual for details in how to configure priority.
-@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
-@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
(+@) Lowest preemption priority
(+@) Lowest sub priority
(+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
[..]
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
========================================================
[..]
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
is a CMSIS function that:
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value 0x0F.
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
inside the stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h file.
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
Systick functionalities
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority)
* using the required unlock sequence.
* @param PriorityGroup The priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @param PreemptPriority The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
* @param SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
{
uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
}
/**
* @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
* function should be called before.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Enable interrupt */
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Disable interrupt */
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
/* System Reset */
NVIC_SystemReset();
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
* @param TicksNumb Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
* - 1 Function failed.
*/
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
{
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Cortex control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
/**
* @brief Disables the MPU
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
{
/* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
__DMB();
/* Disable fault exceptions */
SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
/* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
MPU->CTRL = 0U;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the MPU.
* @param MPU_Control Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
* NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
* @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
* @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
{
/* Enable the MPU */
MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
/* Enable fault exceptions */
SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
/* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
__DSB();
__ISB();
}
/**
* @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
* @param MPU_Init Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the initialization and configuration information.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
/* Set the Region number */
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
}
else
{
MPU->RBAR = 0x00U;
MPU->RASR = 0x00U;
}
}
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
* @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
{
/* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
}
/**
* @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @param PriorityGroup the priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @param pPreemptPriority Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
* @param pSubPriority Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
}
/**
* @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Set interrupt pending */
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
* and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Clear pending interrupt */
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if active else 0 */
return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
* @param CLKSource specifies the SysTick clock source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
{
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
else
{
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
}
/**
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1306
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

315
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Start a multi buffer transfer using the HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart() function
for polling mode or HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart_IT() for interrupt mode.
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
-@- When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled the, transfer is circular by default.
-@- In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for
the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_SxM0AR or DMA_SxM1AR) when the stream is enabled.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
* @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer with interrupt
(+) Change on the fly the memory0 or memory1 address.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
* @param SecondMemAddress The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
* @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Memory-to-memory transfer not supported in double buffering mode */
if (hdma->Init.Direction == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY)
{
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the double buffer mode */
hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
}
else
{
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_BUSY;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
* @param SecondMemAddress The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
* @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Memory-to-memory transfer not supported in double buffering mode */
if (hdma->Init.Direction == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY)
{
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check callback functions */
if ((NULL == hdma->XferCpltCallback) || (NULL == hdma->XferM1CpltCallback) || (NULL == hdma->XferErrorCallback))
{
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_PARAM;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize the error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Enable the Double buffer mode */
hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Clear all flags */
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG (hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG (hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG (hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG (hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG (hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
/* Enable Common interrupts*/
hdma->Instance->CR |= DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_DME;
hdma->Instance->FCR |= DMA_IT_FE;
if((hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL) || (hdma->XferM1HalfCpltCallback != NULL))
{
hdma->Instance->CR |= DMA_IT_HT;
}
/* Enable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
}
else
{
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_BUSY;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Change the memory0 or memory1 address on the fly.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param Address The new address
* @param memory the memory to be changed, This parameter can be one of
* the following values:
* MEMORY0 /
* MEMORY1
* @note The MEMORY0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
* MEMORY1 and the MEMORY1 address can be changed only when the current
* transfer use MEMORY0.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t Address, HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory)
{
if(memory == MEMORY0)
{
/* change the memory0 address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = Address;
}
else
{
/* change the memory1 address */
hdma->Instance->M1AR = Address;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set the DMA Transfer parameter.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Configure DMA Stream data length */
hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength;
/* Peripheral to Memory */
if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
{
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress;
}
/* Memory to Peripheral */
else
{
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

440
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief EXTI HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
(+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
(++) Interrupt
(++) Event
(++) Both of them
(+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
(++) Rising
(++) Falling
(++) Both of them
(+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different
interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
occurs:
(++) Rising edge pending interrupt
(++) Falling
(+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
be selected through multiplexer.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
(++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
"Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
(#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
(++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
(++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
(++) Provide callback function pointer.
(#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI
* @{
*/
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
* Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
* of bounds [0,3] in following API :
* HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
*/
#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
uint32_t regval;
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
/* Assign line number to handle */
hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
EXTI->IMR &= ~pExtiConfig->Line;
EXTI->EMR &= ~pExtiConfig->Line;
/* Select the Mode for the selected external interrupts */
regval = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
regval += pExtiConfig->Mode;
*(__IO uint32_t *) regval |= pExtiConfig->Line;
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
EXTI->RTSR &= ~pExtiConfig->Line;
EXTI->FTSR &= ~pExtiConfig->Line;
/* Select the trigger for the selected external interrupts */
if (pExtiConfig->Trigger == EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING)
{
/* Rising Falling edge */
EXTI->RTSR |= pExtiConfig->Line;
EXTI->FTSR |= pExtiConfig->Line;
}
else
{
regval = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
regval += pExtiConfig->Trigger;
*(__IO uint32_t *) regval |= pExtiConfig->Line;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* Store handle line number to configuration structure */
pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
/* Get EXTI mode to configiguration structure */
if ((EXTI->IMR & hexti->Line) == hexti->Line)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
}
else if ((EXTI->EMR & hexti->Line) == hexti->Line)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
}
else
{
/* No MODE selected */
pExtiConfig->Mode = 0x0Bu;
}
/* Get EXTI Trigger to configiguration structure */
if ((EXTI->RTSR & hexti->Line) == hexti->Line)
{
if ((EXTI->FTSR & hexti->Line) == hexti->Line)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING;
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
}
}
else if ((EXTI->FTSR & hexti->Line) == hexti->Line)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
}
else
{
/* No Trigger selected */
pExtiConfig->Trigger = 0x00u;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
EXTI->IMR = (EXTI->IMR & ~hexti->Line);
/* 2] Clear event mode */
EXTI->EMR = (EXTI->EMR & ~hexti->Line);
/* 3] Clear triggers */
EXTI->RTSR = (EXTI->RTSR & ~hexti->Line);
EXTI->FTSR = (EXTI->FTSR & ~hexti->Line);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Register callback for a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param CallbackID User callback identifier.
* This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
* @param pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
hexti->RisingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Store line number as handle private field.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param ExtiLine Exti line number.
* This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Store line number as handle private field */
hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
return HAL_OK;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief EXTI IO functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval none.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
if (EXTI->PR != 0x00u)
{
/* Clear pending bit */
EXTI->PR = hexti->Line;
/* Call callback */
if (hexti->RisingCallback != NULL)
{
hexti->RisingCallback();
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
* This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
* @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
*/
uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
/* Get pending bit */
regaddr = &EXTI->PR;
/* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
regval = ((*regaddr & hexti->Line) >> POSITION_VAL(hexti->Line));
return regval;
}
/**
* @brief Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
* This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
EXTI->PR = hexti->Line;
}
/**
* @brief Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
EXTI->SWIER = hexti->Line;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

772
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
* + Program operations functions
* + Memory Control functions
* + Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
prefetch and cache lines.
[..] The FLASH main features are:
(+) Flash memory read operations
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
(+) Read / write protections
(+) Prefetch on I-Code
(+) 64 cache lines of 128 bits on I-Code
(+) 8 cache lines of 128 bits on D-Code
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
memory of all STM32F4xx devices.
(#) FLASH Memory IO Programming functions:
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
(++) Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word
(++) There Two modes of programming :
(+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
(+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions :
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
(++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
(++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_SetErrorCode()
[..]
In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
to handle the following operations:
(+) Set the latency
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
(+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE 50000U /* 50 s */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/* Variable used for Erase sectors under interruption */
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/* Program operations */
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
* @brief Programming operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Programming operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
program operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data specifies the data to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE)
{
/*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
{
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
{
/*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
}
else
{
/*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
}
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data specifies the data to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
/* Enable Error source interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM;
pFlash.Address = Address;
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE)
{
/*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
{
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
{
/*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
}
else
{
/*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t addresstmp = 0U;
/* Check FLASH operation error flags */
#if defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR)
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \
FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) != RESET)
#else
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \
FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR)) != RESET)
#endif /* FLASH_SR_RDERR */
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE)
{
/*return the faulty sector*/
addresstmp = pFlash.Sector;
pFlash.Sector = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
}
else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
{
/*return the faulty bank*/
addresstmp = pFlash.Bank;
}
else
{
/*return the faulty address*/
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
}
/*Save the Error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
/* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp);
/*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != RESET)
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE)
{
/*Nb of sector to erased can be decreased*/
pFlash.NbSectorsToErase--;
/* Check if there are still sectors to erase*/
if(pFlash.NbSectorsToErase != 0U)
{
addresstmp = pFlash.Sector;
/*Indicate user which sector has been erased*/
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
/*Increment sector number*/
pFlash.Sector++;
addresstmp = pFlash.Sector;
FLASH_Erase_Sector(addresstmp, pFlash.VoltageForErase);
}
else
{
/*No more sectors to Erase, user callback can be called.*/
/*Reset Sector and stop Erase sectors procedure*/
pFlash.Sector = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
/* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
}
}
else
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
{
/* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
/* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Bank);
}
else
{
/*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
}
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
}
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG, SER, SNB and MER Bits */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_SER | FLASH_CR_SNB | FLASH_MER_BIT));
/* Disable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
/* Disable Error source interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
}
}
/**
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
* Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased
* (if 0xFFFFFFFFU, it means that all the selected sectors have been erased)
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
* Sectors Erase: Sector number which returned an error
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
memory operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
/* Verify Flash is unlocked */
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Locks the FLASH control register access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
{
if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1;
FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
{
/* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */
*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
* @brief Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be a combination of:
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag
*/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
{
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
* @param Timeout maximum flash operationtimeout
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
/* Clear Error Code */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
flag will be set */
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET)
{
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != RESET)
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
}
#if defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR)
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \
FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) != RESET)
#else
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \
FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR)) != RESET)
#endif /* FLASH_SR_RDERR */
{
/*Save the error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* If there is no error flag set */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 2.7V to 3.6V and Vpp in the range 7V to 9V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
/* Program the double-word */
*(__IO uint32_t*)Address = (uint32_t)Data;
*(__IO uint32_t*)(Address+4) = (uint32_t)(Data >> 32);
}
/**
* @brief Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 2.7V to 3.6V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 2.1V to 3.6V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 1.8V to 3.6V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
{
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
/* Clear FLASH write protection error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA;
/* Clear FLASH Programming alignment error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP;
/* Clear FLASH Programming parallelism error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS;
/* Clear FLASH Programming sequence error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR);
}
#if defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR)
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD;
/* Clear FLASH Proprietary readout protection error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR);
}
#endif /* FLASH_SR_RDERR */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION;
/* Clear FLASH Operation error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1350
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

175
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief FLASH RAMFUNC module driver.
* This file provides a FLASH firmware functions which should be
* executed from internal SRAM
* + Stop/Start the flash interface while System Run
* + Enable/Disable the flash sleep while System Run
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### APIs executed from Internal RAM #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** ARM Compiler ***
--------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
Functions that are be executed in RAM should reside in a separate
source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change
the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the
Options for Target' dialog.
*** ICCARM Compiler ***
-----------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
*** GNU Compiler ***
--------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
"__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC FLASH RAMFUNC
* @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F412Zx) || defined(STM32F412Vx) || \
defined(STM32F412Rx) || defined(STM32F412Cx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH RAMFUNC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions executed from internal RAM
* @brief Peripheral Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### ramfunc functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM
transfers.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Stop the flash interface while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_StopFlashInterfaceClk(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Stop the flash interface while System Run */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Start the flash interface while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_StartFlashInterfaceClk(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Start the flash interface while System Run */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the flash sleep while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode could n't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EnableFlashSleepMode(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable the flash sleep while System Run */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the flash sleep while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DisableFlashSleepMode(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable the flash sleep while System Run */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F412Zx || STM32F412Vx || STM32F412Rx || STM32F412Cx */
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

536
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each
port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software
in several modes:
(+) Input mode
(+) Analog mode
(+) Output mode
(+) Alternate function mode
(+) External interrupt/event lines
[..]
During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
[..]
All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
activated or not.
[..]
In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
[..]
All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
[..]
The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors
(16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
also be masked independently.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
or DAC output.
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
pins).
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_MODE 0x00000003U
#define EXTI_MODE 0x10000000U
#define GPIO_MODE_IT 0x00010000U
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT 0x00020000U
#define RISING_EDGE 0x00100000U
#define FALLING_EDGE 0x00200000U
#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE 0x00000010U
#define GPIO_NUMBER 16U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs
to be ready for use.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
{
uint32_t position;
uint32_t ioposition = 0x00U;
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U;
uint32_t temp = 0x00U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
/* Configure the port pins */
for(position = 0U; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
{
/* Get the IO position */
ioposition = 0x01U << position;
/* Get the current IO position */
iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition;
if(iocurrent == ioposition)
{
/*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Alternate function parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
/* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U];
temp &= ~(0xFU << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07U) * 4U)) ;
temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & 0x07U) * 4U));
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U] = temp;
}
/* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
temp = GPIOx->MODER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2U));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2U));
GPIOx->MODER = temp;
/* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
(GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
/* Configure the IO Speed */
temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2U));
temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2U));
GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
/* Configure the IO Output Type */
temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4U) << position);
GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
}
/* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2U));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2U));
GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
{
/* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U];
temp &= ~(0x0FU << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U] = temp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
temp = EXTI->IMR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->IMR = temp;
temp = EXTI->EMR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->EMR = temp;
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
temp = EXTI->RTSR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->RTSR = temp;
temp = EXTI->FTSR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->FTSR = temp;
}
}
}
}
/**
* @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t position;
uint32_t ioposition = 0x00U;
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U;
uint32_t tmp = 0x00U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
/* Configure the port pins */
for(position = 0U; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
{
/* Get the IO position */
ioposition = 0x01U << position;
/* Get the current IO position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & ioposition;
if(iocurrent == ioposition)
{
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U];
tmp &= (0x0FU << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
if(tmp == ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))))
{
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
tmp = 0x0FU << (4U * (position & 0x03U));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U] &= ~tmp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
}
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure IO Direction in Input Floating Mode */
GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2U));
/* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U] &= ~(0xFU << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07U) * 4U)) ;
/* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2U));
/* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
/* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2U));
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief GPIO Read and Write
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reads the specified input port pin.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The input port pin value.
*/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
*
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
* the read and the modify access.
*
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @param PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16U;
}
}
/**
* @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins.
* @param GPIOx Where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the pins to be toggled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) == GPIO_Pin)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << GPIO_NUMBER;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
}
}
/**
* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
* until the next reset.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F4 family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be locked.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Read LCKK bit*/
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET)
{
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET)
{
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
}
}
/**
* @brief EXTI line detection callbacks.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

559
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR PWR
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
* @{
*/
#define PVD_MODE_IT 0x00010000U
#define PVD_MODE_EVT 0x00020000U
#define PVD_RISING_EDGE 0x00000001U
#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE 0x00000002U
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted
write accesses.
To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
(+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
(+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
}
/**
* @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
* @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
* @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
*** PVD configuration ***
=========================
[..]
(+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
(+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
(+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
*** Wake-up pin configuration ***
================================
[..]
(+) Wake-up pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is
forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
(+) There is one Wake-up pin: Wake-up Pin 1 on PA.00.
(++) For STM32F446xx there are two Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on PA.00 and Pin2 on PC.13
(++) For STM32F410xx/STM32F412xx/STM32F413xx/STM32F423xx there are three Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on PA.00, Pin2 on PC.00 and Pin3 on PC.01
*** Low Power modes configuration ***
=====================================
[..]
The devices feature 3 low-power modes:
(+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
(+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator
in low power mode
(+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off.
*** Sleep mode ***
==================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
functions with
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
-@@- The Regulator parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family
and is kept as parameter just to maintain compatibility with the
lower power families (STM32L).
(+) Exit:
Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
*** Stop mode ***
=================
[..]
In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents
are preserved.
The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before
entering the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function.
It can be switched on again by software after exiting the Stop mode using
the HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown() function.
(+) Entry:
The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
function with:
(++) Main regulator ON.
(++) Low Power regulator ON.
(+) Exit:
Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
*** Standby mode ***
====================
[..]
(+)
The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
on the Cortex-M4 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and
the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost
except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby
circuitry.
The voltage regulator is OFF.
(++) Entry:
(+++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
(++) Exit:
(+++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wake-up,
tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
*** Auto-wake-up (AWU) from low-power mode ***
=============================================
[..]
(+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
Wake-up event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
an external interrupt (Auto-wake-up mode).
(+) RTC auto-wake-up (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Wake-up event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC Wake-up event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @param sConfigPVD pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
* information for the PVD.
* @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
* more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
* detection level.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
/* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
/* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
/* Configure interrupt mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
}
/* Configure event mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
}
/* Configure the edge */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
}
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Wake-up PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 available only on STM32F410xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F412xx/STM32F413xx/STM32F423xx devices
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 available only on STM32F410xx/STM32F412xx/STM32F413xx/STM32F423xx devices
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
/* Enable the wake up pin */
SET_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Wake-up PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 available only on STM32F410xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F412xx/STM32F413xx/STM32F423xx devices
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 available only on STM32F410xx/STM32F412xx/STM32F413xx/STM32F423xx devices
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
/* Disable the wake up pin */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
}
/**
* @brief Enters Sleep mode.
*
* @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
*
* @note In Sleep mode, the systick is stopped to avoid exit from this mode with
* systick interrupt when used as time base for Timeout
*
* @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON
* @note This parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family and is kept as parameter
* just to maintain compatibility with the lower power families.
* @param SLEEPEntry Specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enters Stop mode.
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up event,
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
* startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
* @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
* @param STOPEntry Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
/* Select the regulator state in Stop mode: Set PDDS and LPDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, (PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS), Regulator);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enters Standby mode.
* @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
* - Reset pad (still available)
* - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC
* Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.
* - RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp.
* - WKUP pin 1 (PA0) if enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
{
/* Select Standby mode */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
__force_stores();
#endif
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
* @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
{
/* Check PWR Exti flag */
if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
{
/* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
/* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
}
}
/**
* @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
* interruptions handling.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

604
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,604 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of PWR extension peripheral:
* + Peripheral Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.</center></h2>
*
* This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
* the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
* License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
* opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000U
#define PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000U
#define PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000U
#define PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended features functions
* @brief Peripheral Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
*** Main and Backup Regulators configuration ***
================================================
[..]
(+) The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from
the CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is
retained even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator
is enabled. It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is
always present. You can use the HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg() function to
enable the low power backup regulator.
(+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD)
the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to
save battery life.
(+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read
protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private
key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through
the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to
level 0 is requested.
-@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash
programming manual.
(+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between
performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at
the maximum frequency. This is done through __HAL_PWR_MAINREGULATORMODE_CONFIG()
macro which configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register
Refer to the product datasheets for more details.
*** FLASH Power Down configuration ****
=======================================
[..]
(+) By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the
HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function, the Flash memory also enters power
down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the Flash memory
is in power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when
waking up from Stop mode.
(+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, the scale can be modified only when the PLL
is OFF and the HSI or HSE clock source is selected as system clock.
The new value programmed is active only when the PLL is ON.
When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected.
Refer to the datasheets for more details.
*** Over-Drive and Under-Drive configuration ****
=================================================
[..]
(+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, in Run mode: the main regulator has
2 operating modes available:
(++) Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a given
voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3)
(++) Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a
higher frequency than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1,
scale 2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive() function and
disabled by HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive() function, to enter or exit from Over-drive mode please follow
the sequence described in Reference manual.
(+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, in Stop mode: the main regulator or low power regulator
supplies a low power voltage to the 1.2V domain, thus preserving the content of registers
and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are available:
(++) Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This mode is only
available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is used in Scale 3 or
low voltage mode.
(++) Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is only
available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in low voltage mode.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables the Backup Regulator.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) == RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Backup Regulator.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) != RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Return Voltage Scaling Range.
* @retval The configured scale for the regulator voltage(VOS bit field).
* The returned value can be one of the following:
* - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode
* - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode
* - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode
*/
uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void)
{
return (PWR->CR & PWR_CR_VOS);
}
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
/**
* @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
* @param VoltageScaling specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
* a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK = 168 MHz.
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK = 144 MHz.
* @note When moving from Range 1 to Range 2, the system frequency must be decreased to
* a value below 144 MHz before calling HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API.
* When moving from Range 2 to Range 1, the system frequency can be increased to
* a value up to 168 MHz after calling HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling));
/* Enable PWR RCC Clock Peripheral */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Set Range */
__HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling);
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
#elif defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || \
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || \
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || \
defined(STM32F479xx) || defined(STM32F412Zx) || defined(STM32F412Vx) || defined(STM32F412Rx) || \
defined(STM32F412Cx) || defined(STM32F413xx) || defined(STM32F423xx)
/**
* @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
* @param VoltageScaling specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
* a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK is 168 MHz. It can be extended to
* 180 MHz by activating the over-drive mode.
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK is 144 MHz. It can be extended to,
* 168 MHz by activating the over-drive mode.
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output range 3 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK is 120 MHz.
* @note To update the system clock frequency(SYSCLK):
* - Set the HSI or HSE as system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* - Call the HAL_RCC_OscConfig() to configure the PLL.
* - Call HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API to adjust the voltage scale.
* - Set the new system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note The scale can be modified only when the HSI or HSE clock source is selected
* as system clock source, otherwise the API returns HAL_ERROR.
* @note When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected and the VOS bits
* value in the PWR_CR1 register are not taken in account.
* @note This API forces the PLL state ON to allow the possibility to configure the voltage scale 1 or 2.
* @note The new voltage scale is active only when the PLL is ON.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling));
/* Enable PWR RCC Clock Peripheral */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
{
/* Disable the main PLL */
__HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
/* Get Start Tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLL is disabled */
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Set Range */
__HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling);
/* Enable the main PLL */
__HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
/* Get Start Tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLL is ready */
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Get Start Tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) ||\
defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F412Zx) || defined(STM32F412Vx) || defined(STM32F412Rx) || defined(STM32F412Cx) ||\
defined(STM32F413xx) || defined(STM32F423xx)
/**
* @brief Enables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F412Zx/STM32F412Rx/STM32F412Vx/STM32F412Cx/
* STM32F413xx/STM32F423xx devices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F412Zx/STM32F412Rx/STM32F412Vx/STM32F412Cx/
* STM32F413xx/STM32F423xxdevices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Enables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F412Zx/STM32F412Rx/STM32F412Vx/STM32F412Cx/
* STM32F413xx/STM32F423xx devices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F412Zx/STM32F412Rx/STM32F412Vx/STM32F412Cx/
* STM32F413xx/STM32F423xx devices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F412Zx || STM32F412Rx || STM32F412Vx || STM32F412Cx ||
STM32F413xx || STM32F423xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Activates the Over-Drive mode.
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx devices.
* This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
* than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
* @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
* critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
* During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
* The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable the Over-drive to extend the clock frequency to 180 Mhz */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Enable the Over-drive switch */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_ENABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivates the Over-Drive mode.
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx devices.
* This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
* than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
* @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
* critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
* During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
* The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable the Over-drive switch */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_DISABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Disable the Over-drive */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode.
*
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx devices.
*
* @note This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already active
*
* @note This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode.
* In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This
* mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator
* is in low voltage mode
*
* @note If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after
* exiting Stop mode.
* When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional
* startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode.
*
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
*
* @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up event,
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
*
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
* startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
*
* @param Regulator specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Main Regulator in under-drive mode
* and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Low Power Regulator in under-drive mode
* and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
* @param STOPEntry specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable the Under-drive Mode ---------------------------------------------*/
/* Clear Under-drive flag */
__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_ODRUDR_FLAG();
/* Enable the Under-drive */
__HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE();
/* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
tmpreg1 = PWR->CR;
/* Clear PDDS, LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits */
tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS | PWR_CR_LPUDS | PWR_CR_MRUDS);
/* Set LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */
tmpreg1 |= Regulator;
/* Store the new value */
PWR->CR = tmpreg1;
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
/* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
if(STOPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__WFE();
}
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1097
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3742
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

6633
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1969
lab5keypad2/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff